rename jtag_nsrst_assert_width as adapter_nsrst_assert_width
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low coast debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
578 @end verbatim
579
580 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
581 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
582 To specify one or more different
583 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
584
585 @example
586 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
587 @end example
588
589 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
590 @enumerate
591 @item the current directory,
592 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
593 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
594 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
595 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
596 @end enumerate
597 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
598
599 @quotation Note
600 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
601 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
602 @end quotation
603
604 @section Simple setup, no customization
605
606 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
607 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
608 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
609 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
610 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
611
612 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
613 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
614 the server like:
615
616 @example
617 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
618 @end example
619
620 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
621 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
622 If all goes well you'll see output something like
623
624 @example
625 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
626 For bug reports, read
627 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
628 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
629 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
630 @end example
631
632 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
633 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
634 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
635
636 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
637
638 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
639 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
640 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
641 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
642 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
643 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
644 ensure that this always succeeds.
645 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
646 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
647 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
648 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
649
650 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
651 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
652 those channels.
653
654 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
655 the @option{-d} option.
656
657 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
658 @option{-c} command line switch.
659
660 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
661 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
662 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
663 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
664 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
665 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
666 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
667
668 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
669 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
670
671 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
672
673 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
674 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
675 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
676 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
677
678 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
679 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
680
681 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
682 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
683 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
684 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
685 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
686 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
687 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
688
689 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
690
691 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
692 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
693 and a USB cable on the other.
694 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
695 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
696
697 @enumerate
698 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
699 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
700 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
701 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
702 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
703 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
704 debugging host.
705
706 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
707 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
708 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
709 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
710 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
711
712 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
713 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
714 with 1.2 Volt boards.
715
716 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
717 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
718 ways to connect the cable.
719 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
720 Be sure it's firmly connected.
721
722 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
723 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
724 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
725 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
726 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
727 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
728 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
729 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
730
731 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
732 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
733 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
734 but are tedious to set up.
735 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
736 adapter signals to the right board pins.
737
738 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
739 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
740 you are using to run OpenOCD.
741 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
742
743 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
744 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
745 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
746
747 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
748 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
749 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
750
751 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
752 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
753 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
754 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
755
756 @end enumerate
757
758 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
759 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
760 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
761
762 @section Project Directory
763
764 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
765
766 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
767 single directory for your work with a given board.
768 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
769 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
770 files accessed through semihosting,
771 and for code you upload to the target board.
772 It is also the natural place to write files,
773 such as log files and data you download from the board.
774
775 @section Configuration Basics
776
777 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
778 a variety of ways you can mix them.
779 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
780
781 @itemize
782 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
783 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
784 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
785 @end itemize
786
787 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
788 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
789 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
790
791 @example
792 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
793
794 # GDB can also flash my flash!
795 gdb_memory_map enable
796 gdb_flash_program enable
797
798 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
799 @end example
800
801 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
802
803 @example
804 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
805 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
806 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
807 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
808 @end example
809
810 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
811 each supporting a different development task.
812 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
813 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
814
815 @quotation Important
816 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
817 problems with how it treats variables.
818 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
819 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
820 that can be tested in a later script.
821 @end quotation
822
823 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
824 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
825 to simplify your work.
826
827 @section User Config Files
828 @cindex config file, user
829 @cindex user config file
830 @cindex config file, overview
831
832 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
833 in one place.
834 One of the following will match your situation best:
835
836 @itemize
837 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
838 provided by someone else.
839 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
840 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
841 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
842 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
843 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
844 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
845
846 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
847 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
848
849 @enumerate
850 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
851 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
852 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
853 @end enumerate
854
855 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
856 The first is an interface config file.
857 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
858 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
859 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
860 meet your deadline:
861
862 @example
863 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
864 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
865 @end example
866
867 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
868 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
869 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
870 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
871
872 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
873 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
874 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
875 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
876 target and board
877 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
878 @xref{Autoprobing}.
879
880 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
881 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
882 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
883 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
884
885 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
886 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
887 giving access to your particular flash chips.
888 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
889 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
890
891 @quotation Note
892 When you write new configuration files, please submit
893 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
894 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
895 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
896 will help support users of any board using that chip.
897 @end quotation
898
899 @item
900 You may may need to write some C code.
901 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
902 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
903 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
904 a new chip architecture.
905 @end itemize
906
907 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
908 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
909 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
910
911 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
912 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
913 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
914 @itemize
915
916 @item
917 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
918 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
919 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
920 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
921
922 @item
923 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
924 @cindex vector_catch
925 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
926 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
927 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
928 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
929 along with messaging and tracing setup.
930 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
931
932 @item
933 You might need to override some defaults.
934 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
935 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
936
937 @item
938 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
939 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
940 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
941 @end itemize
942
943 @section Project-Specific Utilities
944
945 A few project-specific utility
946 routines may well speed up your work.
947 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
948
949 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
950 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
951 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
952 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
953 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
954 may help:
955
956 @example
957 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
958 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
959 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
960 # Leave the CPU halted.
961 reset init
962
963 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
964 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
965
966 # Start running.
967 resume 0x20000000
968 @}
969 @end example
970
971 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
972 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
973 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
974 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
975 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
976
977 @example
978 proc newboot @{ @} @{
979 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
980 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
981 # "reset halt" would be slower.
982 reset init
983
984 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
985 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
986 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
987 flash protect 0 0 1 off
988 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
989 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
990 flash protect 0 0 1 on
991
992 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
993 reset run
994 @}
995 @end example
996
997 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
998 from NAND.
999 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1000 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1001 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1002
1003 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1004 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1005
1006 @section Target Software Changes
1007
1008 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1009 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1010 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1011 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1012 handling issues like:
1013
1014 @itemize @bullet
1015
1016 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1017 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1018 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1019 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1020 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1021 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1022 your debug sessions.
1023
1024 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1025 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1026 That might however be your only option.
1027
1028 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1029 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1030 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1031 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1032 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1033 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1034 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1035 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1036 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1037 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1038 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1039 instead of the whole thing.
1040 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1041 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1042
1043 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1044 @cindex ARM semihosting
1045 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1046 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1047 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1048 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1049 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1050 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1051 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1052 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1053 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1054 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1055 NAND or SPI flash.
1056
1057 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1058 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1059 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1060 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1061 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1062
1063 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1064 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1065 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1066 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1067 registers which can be used to change various features including
1068 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1069 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1070 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1071 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1072 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1073
1074 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1075 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1076 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1077 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1078 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1079
1080 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1081 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1082 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1083 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1084 early code execution can be debugged
1085 or firmware can be replaced.
1086
1087 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1088 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1089 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1090 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1091 operations like writing to memory.)
1092
1093 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1094 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1095 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1096 various kinds of message.
1097 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1098
1099 @end itemize
1100
1101 @section Target Hardware Setup
1102
1103 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1104 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1105 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1106 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1107 working with.}
1108
1109 Common issues include:
1110
1111 @itemize @bullet
1112
1113 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1114 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1115 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1116 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1117 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1118 or one from a daughtercard).
1119 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1120 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1121
1122 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1123 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1124 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1125 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1126 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1127 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1128
1129 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1130 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1131 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1132 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1133 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1134
1135
1136 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1137 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1138 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1139 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1140 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1141 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1142 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1143
1144 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1145 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1146 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1147 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1148 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1149
1150 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1151 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1152 used to start booting.
1153
1154 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1155 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1156 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1157 multiple audio codec chips).
1158 This interacts with software
1159 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1160 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1161 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1162 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1163 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1164 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1165 audio or video codecs are used.
1166
1167 @end itemize
1168
1169 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1170 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1171 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1172 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1173 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1174 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1175 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1176 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1177 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1178 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1179
1180
1181 @node Config File Guidelines
1182 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1183
1184 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1185 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1186 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1187 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1188
1189 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1190 with files including the ones listed here.
1191 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1192 @itemize @bullet
1193 @item @file{interface} ...
1194 These are for debug adapters.
1195 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1196 @example
1197 $ ls interface
1198 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1199 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1200 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1201 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1202 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1205 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1206 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1207 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1208 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1209 $
1210 @end example
1211 @item @file{board} ...
1212 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1213 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1214 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1215 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1216 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1217 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1218 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1219 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1220 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1221 a CPU and an FPGA.
1222 @example
1223 $ ls board
1224 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1225 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1226 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1227 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1229 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1230 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1231 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1232 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1233 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1234 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1235 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1236 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1237 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1238 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1242 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1243 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1244 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1245 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1246 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1247 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1248 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1249 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1250 $
1251 @end example
1252 @item @file{target} ...
1253 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1254 on a chip
1255 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1256 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1257 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1258 the target config file defines all of them.
1259 @example
1260 $ ls target
1261 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1262 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1263 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1264 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1265 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1266 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1268 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1270 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1272 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1273 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1274 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1275 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1276 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1277 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1278 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1279 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1280 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1281 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1282 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1283 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1284 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1285 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1286 $
1287 @end example
1288 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1289 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1290 @end itemize
1291
1292 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1293 file may override features in any of the above files by
1294 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1295 commands specific to their situation.
1296
1297 @section Interface Config Files
1298
1299 The user config file
1300 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1301
1302 @example
1303 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1304 @end example
1305
1306 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1307 in use today with OpenOCD.
1308 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1309 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1310
1311 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1312 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1313 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1314 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1315 and need to provide a driver for it.
1316
1317 @section Board Config Files
1318 @cindex config file, board
1319 @cindex board config file
1320
1321 The user config file
1322 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1323
1324 @example
1325 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1326 @end example
1327
1328 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1329 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1330 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1331
1332 @enumerate
1333 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1334 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1335 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1336 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1337 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1338 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1339 @end enumerate
1340
1341 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1342 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1343 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1344 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1345
1346 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1347 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1348 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1349 configuration works.
1350
1351 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1352
1353 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1354 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1355 convention on how to use certain variables.
1356
1357 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1358 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1359 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1360 used at will within a target configuration file.
1361
1362 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1363 for a board with three chips:
1364
1365 @example
1366 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1367 set CHIPNAME network
1368 set ENDIAN big
1369 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1370 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1371 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1372 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1373
1374 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1375 set CHIPNAME video
1376 set ENDIAN little
1377 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1378 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1379 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1380 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1381
1382 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1383 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1384 unset ENDIAN
1385 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1386 @end example
1387
1388 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1389 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1390 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1391 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1392 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1393 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1394 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1395 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1396
1397 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1398 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1399 naming collisions.
1400
1401 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1402 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1403 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1404 up other clocks and peripherals.
1405
1406 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1407 @cindex variable names
1408
1409 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1410 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1411 one such chip (as shown above).
1412 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1413 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1414 to promote consistency and
1415 so that board files can override target defaults.
1416
1417 Inputs to target config files include:
1418
1419 @itemize @bullet
1420 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1421 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1422 tap identifier dotted names.
1423 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1424 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1425 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1426 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1427 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1428 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1429 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1430 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1431 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1432 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1433 @end itemize
1434
1435 Outputs from target config files include:
1436
1437 @itemize @bullet
1438 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1439 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1440 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1441 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1442 specific to that board and that target.
1443 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1444 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1445 @end itemize
1446
1447 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1448 @cindex event, reset-init
1449 @cindex reset-init handler
1450
1451 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1452 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1453 fully set up yet.
1454 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1455 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1456 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1457 handler is one of the most important.
1458
1459 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1460 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1461 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1462 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1463 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1464
1465 @quotation Note
1466 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1467 are included here.
1468 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1469 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1470 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1471 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1472 @end quotation
1473
1474 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1475 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1476 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1477 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1478 those as parameters.
1479 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1480 and disabling the watchdog.
1481 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1482 the next developer doing such work.
1483 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1484
1485 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1486 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1487 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1488 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1489
1490 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1491
1492 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1493 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1494 a low JTAG clock rate.
1495 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1496 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1497 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1498 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1499 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1500 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1501 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1502
1503 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1504 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1505 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1506 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1507 which might be less than that.
1508
1509 @quotation Warning
1510 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1511 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1512 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1513 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1514 @end quotation
1515
1516 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1517 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1518 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1519 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1520 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1521 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1522
1523 @section Target Config Files
1524 @cindex config file, target
1525 @cindex target config file
1526
1527 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1528 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1529 more target config files like this:
1530
1531 @example
1532 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1533 @end example
1534
1535 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1536 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1537 In summary the target files should contain
1538
1539 @enumerate
1540 @item Set defaults
1541 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1542 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1543 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1544 @item On-Chip flash
1545 @end enumerate
1546
1547 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1548 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1549 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1550
1551 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1552 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1553 can talk to the chip.
1554 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1555 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1556 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1557 and other processing engines.
1558
1559 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1560
1561 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1562 letting board config files express environment-specific
1563 differences in how things should be set up.
1564
1565 @example
1566 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1567 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1568 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1569 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1570 @} else @{
1571 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1572 @}
1573
1574 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1575 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1576 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1577 @} else @{
1578 set _ENDIAN little
1579 @}
1580
1581 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1582 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1583 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1584 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1585 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1586 @} else @{
1587 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1588 @}
1589 @end example
1590 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1591
1592 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1593 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1594 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1595
1596 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1597 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1598 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1599
1600 @example
1601 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1602 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1606 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1607 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1608 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1609 for taps.
1610
1611 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1612 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1613 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1614 looks (in part) like this:
1615
1616 @example
1617 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1618 @end example
1619
1620 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1621 to source such a config file twice, with different
1622 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1623 it adds a different TAP each time.
1624
1625 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1626 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1627 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1628 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1629
1630 @example
1631 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1632 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1633 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1634 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1635 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1636 @end example
1637
1638 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1639 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1640
1641 @itemize
1642 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1643 plus a JRC to enable them
1644 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1645 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1646 is not currently used)
1647 @end itemize
1648
1649 @subsection Add CPU targets
1650
1651 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1652 GDB and other commands can use it.
1653 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1654 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1655 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1656 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1657
1658 @example
1659 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1660 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1661 @end example
1662
1663 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1664 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1665 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1666 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1667 a work area if you can.
1668 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1669
1670 @example
1671 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1672 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1673 @end example
1674
1675 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1676
1677 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1678 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1679 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1680
1681 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1682 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1683 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1684 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1685 both signals.
1686
1687 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1688 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1689 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1690 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1691 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1692 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1693 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1694 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1695 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1696 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1697 not available.)
1698
1699 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1700 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1701 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1702 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1703 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1704 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1705 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1706 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1707
1708 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1709 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1710 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1711 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1712 slower clock than they will use later.
1713 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1714 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1715 than they will use later.
1716 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1717
1718 @quotation Important
1719 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1720 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1721 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1722 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1723 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1724 @end quotation
1725
1726 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1727
1728 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1729 special high speed download features - enable it.
1730
1731 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1732
1733 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1734 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1735 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1736 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1737 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1738 If you are using an external trace port,
1739 configure it in your board config file.
1740 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1741 configure it in your target config file.
1742
1743 @example
1744 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1745 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1746 @end example
1747
1748 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1749
1750 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1751
1752 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1753 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1754 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1755 the TARGET (chip) file.
1756
1757 Examples:
1758 @itemize @bullet
1759 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1760 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1761 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1762 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1763 @end itemize
1764
1765 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1766 @section Translating Configuration Files
1767 @cindex translation
1768 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1769 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1770 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1771 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1772 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1773 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1774
1775 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1776 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1777 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1778 convert other scripts later on.
1779
1780 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1781 replace job:
1782
1783 @example
1784 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1785 #
1786 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1787 #
1788 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1789 #
1790 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1791
1792 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1793 global TARGETNAME
1794
1795 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1796
1797 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1798 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1800 @}
1801 @end example
1802
1803
1804
1805 @node Daemon Configuration
1806 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1807 @cindex initialization
1808 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1809 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1810 supported.
1811
1812 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1813 @section Configuration Stage
1814 @cindex configuration stage
1815 @cindex config command
1816
1817 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1818 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1819 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1820 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1821 inside startup scripts.
1822
1823 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1824 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1825 which may be issued interactively.
1826 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1827 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1828
1829 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1830 flash banks,
1831 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1832 and other basic setup.
1833 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1834 may access or activate TAPs.
1835 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1836 longer be issued.
1837
1838 @section Entering the Run Stage
1839
1840 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1841 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1842 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1843 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1844 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1845 You should see no errors at this point.
1846 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1847 commands you used to configure the server.
1848 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1849 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1850 on the scan chain.
1851
1852 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1853 become available.
1854 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1855 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1856 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1857 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1858 entry to the run stage.
1859
1860 @deffn {Config Command} init
1861 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1862 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1863 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1864 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1865 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1866 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1867
1868 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1869 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1870 configuration files and/or command line options.
1871
1872 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1873 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1874 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1875 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1876 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1877 @end deffn
1878
1879 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1880 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1881 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1882
1883 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1884 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1885 scan chain.
1886 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1887 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1888
1889 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1890 they return.
1891 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1892 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1893 @end deffn
1894
1895 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1896 @section TCP/IP Ports
1897 @cindex TCP port
1898 @cindex server
1899 @cindex port
1900 @cindex security
1901 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1902 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1903 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1904
1905 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1906 access using one or more of these ports.
1907 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1908 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1909 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1910
1911 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1912 @cindex GDB server
1913 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1914 The GDB port for the
1915 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1916 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1917 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1918 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1919 @end deffn
1920
1921 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1922 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1923 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1924 output from the Tcl engine.
1925 Intended as a machine interface.
1926 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1927 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1928 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1929 @end deffn
1930
1931 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1932 Specify or query the
1933 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1934 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1935 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1936 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1937 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1938 @end deffn
1939
1940 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1941 @section GDB Configuration
1942 @cindex GDB
1943 @cindex GDB configuration
1944 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1945 The ones listed here are static and global.
1946 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1947 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1948
1949 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1950 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1951 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1952 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1953 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1954 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1955 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1956 @end deffn
1957
1958 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1959 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1960 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1961 vFlash packet is received.
1962 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1963 @end deffn
1964
1965 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1966 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1967 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1968 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1969 for flash programming to work.
1970 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1971 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1972 @end deffn
1973
1974 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1975 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1976 by GDB memory read packets.
1977 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1978 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1979 @end deffn
1980
1981 @anchor{Event Polling}
1982 @section Event Polling
1983
1984 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1985 where significant events can happen at any time.
1986 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1987 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1988 or to GDB.
1989
1990 Examples of such events include:
1991
1992 @itemize
1993 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1994 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1995 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1996 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1997 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1998 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1999 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2000 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2001 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2002 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2003 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2004 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2005 @end itemize
2006
2007 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2008 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2009 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2010 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2011 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2012
2013 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2014 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2015 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2016 to the various active targets.
2017 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2018 which is normally done in the background.
2019
2020 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2021 Poll the current target for its current state.
2022 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2023 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2024 specific information about the current state is printed.
2025 An optional parameter
2026 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2027
2028 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2029 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2030 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2031 @example
2032 > poll
2033 background polling: on
2034 target state: halted
2035 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2036 current mode: Supervisor
2037 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2038 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2039 >
2040 @end example
2041 @end deffn
2042
2043 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2044 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2045 @cindex config file, interface
2046 @cindex interface config file
2047
2048 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2049 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2050 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2051
2052 @quotation Note
2053 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2054 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2055 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2056 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2057 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2058 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2059 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2060 @end quotation
2061
2062 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2063 through commands in an interface configuration
2064 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2065 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2066
2067 @example
2068 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2069 @end example
2070
2071 These commands tell
2072 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2073 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2074
2075 @example
2076 # jlink interface
2077 interface jlink
2078 @end example
2079
2080 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2081
2082
2083 @section Interface Configuration
2084
2085 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2086 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2087 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2088
2089 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2090 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2091 target.
2092 @end deffn
2093
2094 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2095 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2096 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2097 @end deffn
2098
2099 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2100 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2101 @end deffn
2102
2103 @section Interface Drivers
2104
2105 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2106 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2107 available at run time.
2108
2109 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2110 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2111 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2112 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2113
2114 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2115 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2116 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2117 @end deffn
2118
2119 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2120 Displays status of RTCK option.
2121 Optionally sets that option first.
2122 @end deffn
2123 @end deffn
2124
2125 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2126 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2127 This has one driver-specific command:
2128
2129 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2130 Logs some status
2131 @end deffn
2132 @end deffn
2133
2134 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2135 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2136 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2137 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2138 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2139 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2140 @end deffn
2141
2142 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2143 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2144 @end deffn
2145
2146 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2147 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2148 @end deffn
2149
2150 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2151 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2152 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2153 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2154
2155 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2156 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2157 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2158 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2159 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2160 @end deffn
2161
2162 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2163 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2164 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2165 is connected to the host.
2166 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2167 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2168 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2169 @end deffn
2170
2171 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2172 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2173 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2174 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2175 @itemize @minus
2176 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2177 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2178 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2179 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2180 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2181 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2182 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2183 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2184 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2185 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2186 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2187 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2188 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2189 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2190 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2191 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2192 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2193 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2194 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2195 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2196 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2197 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2198 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2199 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2200 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2201 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2202 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2203 @end itemize
2204 @end deffn
2205
2206 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2207 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2208 default values are used.
2209 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2210 @example
2211 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2212 @end example
2213 @end deffn
2214
2215 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2216 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2217 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2218 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2219 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2220 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2221 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2222 @end deffn
2223
2224 For example, the interface config file for a
2225 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2226
2227 @example
2228 interface ft2232
2229 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2230 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2231 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2232 @end example
2233 @end deffn
2234
2235 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2236 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2237 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2238 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2239
2240 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2241 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2242 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2243 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2244 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2245 @end deffn
2246
2247 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2248 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2249 default values are used.
2250 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2251 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2252 @example
2253 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2254 @end example
2255 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2256 @example
2257 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2258 @end example
2259 @end deffn
2260
2261 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2262 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2263 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2264 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2265
2266 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2267 @example
2268 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2269 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2270 @end example
2271 @end deffn
2272
2273 @end deffn
2274
2275 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2276 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2277 This has one driver-specific command:
2278
2279 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2280 Display either the address of the I/O port
2281 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2282 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2283 This is a write-once setting.
2284 @end deffn
2285 @end deffn
2286
2287 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2288 Segger jlink USB adapter
2289 @c command: jlink_info
2290 @c dumps status
2291 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2292 @c sets version 2 or 3
2293 @end deffn
2294
2295 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2296 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2297 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2298 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2299 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2300
2301 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2302 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2303 This is a write-once setting.
2304 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2305
2306 @itemize @minus
2307 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2308 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2309 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2310 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2311 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2312 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2313 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2314 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2315 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2316 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2317 some versions of
2318 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2319 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2320 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2321 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2322 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2323 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2324 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2325 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2326 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2327 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2328 @end itemize
2329 @end deffn
2330
2331 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2332 Display either the address of the I/O port
2333 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2334 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2335 This is a write-once setting.
2336
2337 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2338 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2339 you may encounter a problem.
2340 @end deffn
2341
2342 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2343 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2344 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2345 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2346 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2347 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2348
2349 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2350 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2351 @quotation Tip
2352 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2353 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2354 @example
2355 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2356 > adapter_khz 500
2357 @end example
2358 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2359 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2360 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2361 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2362 large set of samples.
2363 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2364 @example
2365 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2366 @end example
2367 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2368 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2369
2370 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2371 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2372 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2373 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2374 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2375 @end quotation
2376 @end deffn
2377
2378 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2379 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2380 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2381 @end deffn
2382
2383 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2384 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2385
2386 @example
2387 interface parport
2388 parport_port 0x278
2389 parport_cable wiggler
2390 @end example
2391 @end deffn
2392
2393 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2394 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2395 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2396 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2397 @end deffn
2398 @end deffn
2399
2400 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2401 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2402 @end deffn
2403
2404 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2405 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2406 @end deffn
2407
2408 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2409 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2410
2411 @quotation Note
2412 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2413 which are not currently documented here.
2414 @end quotation
2415 @end deffn
2416
2417 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2418 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2419
2420 @quotation Note
2421 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2422 which are not currently documented here.
2423 @end quotation
2424
2425 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2426 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2427 No arguments: print status.
2428 @end deffn
2429
2430 @end deffn
2431
2432 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2433 @section JTAG Speed
2434 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2435 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2436 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2437 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2438 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2439 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2440 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2441 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2442 power management software that may be active.
2443
2444 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2445 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2446 target event handler.
2447 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2448 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2449 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2450 sets up those clocks).
2451 @xref{Target Events}.
2452 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2453 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2454 in the target config file.
2455 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2456 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2457 config file instead.
2458 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2459 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2460 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2461
2462 @example
2463 jtag_rclk 3000
2464 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2465 @end example
2466
2467 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2468 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2469 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2470 may not be the fastest solution.
2471
2472 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2473 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2474 which support adaptive clocking.
2475
2476 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2477 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2478 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2479 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2480 than the speed specified.
2481
2482 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2483 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2484 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2485 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2486
2487 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2488 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2489 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2490 JTAG clocking after setup.
2491 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2492 If the interface device can not
2493 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2494 @end deffn
2495
2496 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2497 @cindex adaptive clocking
2498 @cindex RTCK
2499 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2500 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2501 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2502 @example
2503 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2504 jtag_rclk 3000
2505 @end example
2506 @end defun
2507
2508 @node Reset Configuration
2509 @chapter Reset Configuration
2510 @cindex Reset Configuration
2511
2512 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2513 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2514 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2515 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2516 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2517 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2518 Please see the various board files for examples.
2519
2520 @quotation Note
2521 To maintainers and integrators:
2522 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2523 Normally the board configuration file
2524 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2525 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2526
2527 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2528 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2529 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2530 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2531 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2532 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2533 @end quotation
2534
2535 @section Types of Reset
2536
2537 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2538 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2539 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2540
2541 @itemize @bullet
2542 @item
2543 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2544 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2545 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2546 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2547 @item
2548 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2549 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2550 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2551 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2552 @item
2553 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2554 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2555 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2556 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2557 @item
2558 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2559 several other types of reset.
2560 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2561 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2562 There may be individual module resets.
2563 @end itemize
2564
2565 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2566 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2567 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2568 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2569 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2570 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2571 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2572 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2573 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2574
2575 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2576 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2577
2578 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2579 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2580 common issues are:
2581
2582 @itemize @bullet
2583
2584 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2585 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2586 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2587 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2588 when either of those signals is not connected.
2589 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2590 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2591 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2592 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2593
2594 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2595 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2596 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2597 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2598
2599 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2600 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2601 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2602 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2603 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2604 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2605 hardware debouncing.
2606 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2607 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2608
2609 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2610 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2611 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2612 to use push/pull output drivers.
2613 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2614 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2615 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2616 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2617
2618 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2619 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2620 issues (not limited to errata).
2621 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2622 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2623 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2624 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2625 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2626 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2627 @end itemize
2628
2629 There can also be other issues.
2630 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2631 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2632 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2633 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2634 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2635 Agreement (NDA).
2636
2637 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2638 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2639 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2640
2641 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2642 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2643
2644 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2645
2646 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2647 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2648 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2649 allowing it to be deasserted.
2650 @end deffn
2651
2652 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2653 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2654 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2655 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2656 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2657 @end deffn
2658
2659 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2660 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2661 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2662 allowing it to be deasserted.
2663 @end deffn
2664
2665 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2666 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2667 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2668 @end deffn
2669
2670 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2671 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2672 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2673 configuration scripts.
2674
2675 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2676 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2677 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2678 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2679 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2680 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2681 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2682 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2683
2684 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2685 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2686 @var{gates},
2687 @var{trst_type},
2688 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2689 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2690 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2691 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2692 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2693 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2694
2695 @itemize
2696 @item
2697 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2698 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2699 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2700 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2701 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2702
2703 @quotation Tip
2704 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2705 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2706 @end quotation
2707
2708 @item
2709 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2710 signal implementations.
2711 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2712 indicating everything behaves normally.
2713 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2714 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2715 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2716 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2717 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2718 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2719 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2720
2721 @item
2722 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2723 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2724 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2725 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2726 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2727 while SRST is asserted.
2728 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2729 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2730 @end itemize
2731
2732 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2733 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2734 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2735 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2736 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2737
2738 @itemize
2739 @item
2740 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2741 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2742 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2743 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2744
2745 @item
2746 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2747 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2748 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2749 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2750 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2751 @end itemize
2752 @end deffn
2753
2754 @section Custom Reset Handling
2755 @cindex events
2756
2757 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2758 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2759 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2760 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2761 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2762 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2763
2764 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2765 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2766 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2767 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2768 want to reset everything at once.
2769
2770 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2771 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2772 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2773 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2774 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2775 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2776 needs special attention.
2777
2778 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2779 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2780 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2781 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2782 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2783 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2784 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2785 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2786
2787 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2788 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2789 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2790 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2791 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2792
2793 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2794 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2795 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2796 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2797 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2798 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2799 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2800 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2801 or potentially some other value.
2802
2803 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2804 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2805 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2806 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2807 (or their associated targets)
2808 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2809
2810 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2811 they return.
2812 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2813 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2814 @end deffn
2815
2816 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2817 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2818 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2819 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2820 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2821 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2822 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2823 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2824 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2825 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2826 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2827 @end deffn
2828
2829 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2830 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2831 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2832 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2833 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2834 @end deffn
2835
2836
2837 @node TAP Declaration
2838 @chapter TAP Declaration
2839 @cindex TAP declaration
2840 @cindex TAP configuration
2841
2842 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2843 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2844
2845 @itemize @bullet
2846 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2847 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2848 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2849 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2850 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2851 start running that code.
2852 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2853 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2854 and missing connections
2855 @end itemize
2856
2857 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2858 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2859 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2860 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2861 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2862
2863 @section Scan Chains
2864 @cindex scan chain
2865
2866 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2867 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2868 They also need to be added to
2869 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2870 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2871 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2872 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2873 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2874 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2875 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2876 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2877
2878 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2879 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2880 command, presented in the next chapter.
2881 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2882 debugging targets.)
2883 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2884
2885 @verbatim
2886 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2887 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2888 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2889 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2890 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2891 @end verbatim
2892
2893 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2894 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2895 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2896 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2897 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2898 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2899 until they are told to do so.
2900
2901 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2902 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2903 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2904 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2905
2906 @example
2907 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2908 @end example
2909
2910 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2911 by a given chip.
2912 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2913 and so forth.
2914 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2915 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2916 a single chip and between them.
2917 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2918
2919 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2920 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2921 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2922 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2923 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2924 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2925 includes commands something like this:
2926
2927 @example
2928 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2929 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2930 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2931 @end example
2932
2933 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2934 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2935 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2936
2937 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2938 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2939 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2940 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2941 @example
2942 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2943 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2944 @}
2945 @end example
2946 @end deffn
2947
2948 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2949 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2950 and their status.
2951 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2952 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2953 but systems with a JTAG router can
2954 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2955 @end deffn
2956
2957 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2958 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2959
2960 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2961 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2962
2963 @section TAP Names
2964 @cindex dotted name
2965
2966 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2967 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2968 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2969 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2970 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2971 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2972 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2973 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2974
2975 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2976 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2977 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2978
2979 @quotation Tip
2980 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2981 This feature is still present.
2982 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2983 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2984 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2985 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2986 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2987 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2988 @end quotation
2989
2990 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2991
2992 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2993 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2994 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2995 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2996 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2997
2998 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2999 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3000 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3001 overridable.
3002
3003 @cindex TAP naming convention
3004 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3005 and should follow this convention:
3006
3007 @itemize @bullet
3008 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3009 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3010 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3011 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3012 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3013 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3014 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3015 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3016 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3017 with a single TAP;
3018 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3019 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3020 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3021 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3022 @end itemize
3023
3024 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3025
3026 @itemize @bullet
3027 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3028 @*The length in bits of the
3029 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3030 @end itemize
3031
3032 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3033
3034 @itemize @bullet
3035 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3036 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3037 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3038 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3039 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3040 (the TAP is linked in).
3041 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3042 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3043 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3044 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3045 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3046 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3047 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3048 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3049 values that were found but not included in the list.
3050
3051 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3052 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3053 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3054 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3055 hardware to find these values.
3056 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3057 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3058 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3059 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3060 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3061 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3062 the various chip IDs.
3063 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3064 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3065 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3066 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3067 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3068 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3069 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3070 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3071 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3072 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3073 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3074 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3075 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3076 @end itemize
3077 @end deffn
3078
3079 @section Other TAP commands
3080
3081 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3082 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3083 At this writing this TAP attribute
3084 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3085 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3086 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3087 See the next section for information about the available events.
3088
3089 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3090 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3091 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3092 @end deffn
3093
3094 @anchor{TAP Events}
3095 @section TAP Events
3096 @cindex events
3097 @cindex TAP events
3098
3099 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3100 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3101 The other applies to debugger targets,
3102 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3103
3104 The TAP events currently defined are:
3105
3106 @itemize @bullet
3107 @item @b{post-reset}
3108 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3109 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3110 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3111 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3112 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3113
3114 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3115 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3116 of any particular target.
3117 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3118 @item @b{setup}
3119 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3120 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3121 @item @b{tap-disable}
3122 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3123 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3124 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3125 @item @b{tap-enable}
3126 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3127 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3128 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3129 @end itemize
3130
3131 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3132 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3133 contents to be accurate), you might:
3134
3135 @example
3136 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3137 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3138 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3139 @}
3140 @end example
3141
3142
3143 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3144 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3145 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3146 @cindex jrc
3147
3148 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3149 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3150 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3151 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3152 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3153
3154 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3155 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3156 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3157 be visible.
3158 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3159 ignores, such as:
3160
3161 @itemize
3162 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3163 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3164 TAPs receive new instructions.
3165 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3166 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3167 @end itemize
3168
3169 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3170 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3171 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3172 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3173
3174 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3175 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3176
3177 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3178 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3179 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3180 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3181 should define TAP event handlers using
3182 code that looks something like this:
3183
3184 @example
3185 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3186 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3187 @}
3188 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3189 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3190 @}
3191 @end example
3192
3193 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3194
3195 @example
3196 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3197 @end example
3198
3199 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3200 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3201 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3202 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3203
3204 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3205 If necessary, disables the tap
3206 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3207 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3208 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3209 and "0" if it is disabled.
3210 @end deffn
3211
3212 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3213 If necessary, enables the tap
3214 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3215 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3216 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3217 and "0" if it is disabled.
3218 @end deffn
3219
3220 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3221 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3222 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3223 and "0" if it is disabled.
3224
3225 @quotation Note
3226 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3227 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3228 @end quotation
3229 @end deffn
3230
3231 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3232 @section Autoprobing
3233 @cindex autoprobe
3234 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3235
3236 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3237 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3238 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3239 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3240
3241 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3242 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3243 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3244 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3245 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3246 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3247 right when they come out of reset).
3248
3249 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3250
3251 @example
3252 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3253 reset_config trst_and_srst
3254 jtag_rclk 8
3255 @end example
3256
3257 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3258 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3259
3260 @enumerate
3261 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3262 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3263 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3264 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3265 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3266 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3267 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3268 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3269 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3270 that is discovered.
3271 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3272 register, it will report it.
3273 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3274 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3275 @end enumerate
3276
3277 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3278 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3279 that's a bit more complex:
3280
3281 @example
3282 clock speed 8 kHz
3283 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3284 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3285 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3286 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3287 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3288 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3289 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3290 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3291 @end example
3292
3293 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3294 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3295 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3296 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3297 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3298 and so forth.
3299
3300 @node CPU Configuration
3301 @chapter CPU Configuration
3302 @cindex GDB target
3303
3304 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3305 You can also access these targets without GDB
3306 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3307 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3308 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3309 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3310
3311 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3312 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3313
3314 @section Target List
3315 @cindex target, current
3316 @cindex target, list
3317
3318 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3319 where each member has a name.
3320 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3321 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3322 (plural!) command.
3323 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3324 look like with more than one:
3325 @verbatim
3326 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3327 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3328 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3329 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3330 @end verbatim
3331
3332 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3333 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3334 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3335 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3336 space seen by that current target.
3337 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3338 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3339 are examples; and there are many more.
3340
3341 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3342
3343 @deffn Command {target count}
3344 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3345 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3346 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3347
3348 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3349 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3350 @example
3351 set c [target count]
3352 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3353 # Assuming you have created this function
3354 print_target_details $x
3355 @}
3356 @end example
3357 @end deffn
3358
3359 @deffn Command {target current}
3360 Returns the name of the current target.
3361 @end deffn
3362
3363 @deffn Command {target names}
3364 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3365 @example
3366 foreach t [target names] @{
3367 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3368 @}
3369 @end example
3370 @end deffn
3371
3372 @deffn Command {target number} number
3373 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3374 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3375
3376 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3377 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3378 @example
3379 set thename [target number $x]
3380 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3381 @end example
3382 @end deffn
3383
3384 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3385 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3386
3387 @deffn Command targets [name]
3388 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3389 command names are singular.}
3390
3391 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3392 targets in a user friendly form.
3393
3394 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3395 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3396 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3397 @end deffn
3398
3399 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3400 @cindex target type
3401 @cindex CPU type
3402 @cindex CPU variant
3403
3404 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3405 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3406 when calling @command{target create}.
3407 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3408 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3409 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3410 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3411 what core-specific commands may be available
3412 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3413 and more.
3414
3415 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3416 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3417 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3418 worked around in some chip versions.
3419
3420 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3421 since there's a command to list them.
3422 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3423 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3424
3425 @anchor{target types}
3426 @deffn Command {target types}
3427 Lists all supported target types.
3428 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3429
3430 @itemize @bullet
3431 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3432 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3433 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3434 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3435 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3436 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3437 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3438 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3439 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3440 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3441 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3442 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3443 @itemize @minus
3444 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3445 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3446 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3447 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3448 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3449 @end itemize
3450 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3451 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3452 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3453 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3454 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3455 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3456 @itemize @minus
3457 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3458 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3459 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3460 processor.
3461 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3462 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3463 @end itemize
3464 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3465 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3466 There are several variants defined:
3467 @itemize @minus
3468 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3469 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3470 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3471 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3472 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3473 @end itemize
3474 @end itemize
3475 @end deffn
3476
3477 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3478 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3479 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3480 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3481 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3482 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3483 reflect design generations;
3484 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3485 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3486
3487 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3488 @section Target Configuration
3489
3490 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3491 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3492 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3493 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3494 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3495
3496 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3497 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3498 optional parts.
3499 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3500 command, created as part of target creation.
3501
3502 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3503 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3504 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3505 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3506 to be much more board-specific.
3507 The key steps you use might look something like this
3508
3509 @example
3510 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3511 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3512 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3513 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3514 @end example
3515
3516 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3517 on-chip SRAM.
3518 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3519 writes to target memory;
3520 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3521 GDB memory checksumming;
3522 and more.
3523
3524 @quotation Warning
3525 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3526 inaccessible when application code
3527 (such as an operating system)
3528 enables or disables the MMU.
3529 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3530 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3531 easy access to other addresses needed.
3532 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3533 @end quotation
3534
3535 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3536 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3537 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3538 controllers.
3539 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3540 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3541 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3542
3543 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3544 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3545 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3546 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3547 purposes including additional configuration.
3548
3549 @itemize @bullet
3550 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3551 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3552 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3553 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3554
3555 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3556 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3557 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3558 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3559 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3560 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3561 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3562 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3563
3564 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3565 @end itemize
3566 @end deffn
3567
3568 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3569 The options accepted by this command may also be
3570 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3571 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3572 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3573
3574 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3575 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3576 and changing its endianness or variant.
3577
3578 @itemize @bullet
3579
3580 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3581 used to access this target.
3582
3583 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3584 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3585
3586 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3587 @xref{Target Events}.
3588 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3589 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3590 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3591 same event name assigns only one handler.
3592
3593 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3594 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3595
3596 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3597 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3598 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3599 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3600 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3601 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3602 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3603
3604 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3605 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3606 or virtual address is being used.
3607
3608 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3609 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3610
3611 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3612 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3613 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3614 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3615 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3616
3617 @end itemize
3618 @end deffn
3619
3620 @section Other $target_name Commands
3621 @cindex object command
3622
3623 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3624 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3625
3626 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3627 Once a button is created a button
3628 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3629 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3630 configure it like this:
3631
3632 @example
3633 # Create
3634 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3635 # Modify
3636 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3637 # Query
3638 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3639 # Report
3640 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3641 @end example
3642
3643 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3644 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3645
3646 @example
3647 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3648 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3649 @end example
3650
3651 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3652
3653 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3654 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3655 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3656 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3657 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3658 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3659 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3660 They are not otherwise documented here.
3661 @end deffn
3662
3663 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3664 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3665 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3666 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3667 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3668 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3669 the target side uses raw memory.
3670
3671 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3672 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3673 The script orientation comes from working with data
3674 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3675 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3676 and neither store nor return those values.
3677
3678 @itemize
3679 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3680 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3681 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3682 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3683 @end itemize
3684 @end deffn
3685
3686 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3687 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3688 @command{$target_name configure}
3689 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3690 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3691 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3692 There are a few special cases:
3693
3694 @itemize @bullet
3695 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3696 event named @var{event_name}.
3697 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3698 two parameters.
3699 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3700 This is a special case because this is set using
3701 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3702 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3703 @end itemize
3704
3705 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3706 all the targets you might use something like this:
3707
3708 @example
3709 foreach name [target names] @{
3710 set y [$name cget -endian]
3711 set z [$name cget -type]
3712 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3713 $x $name $y $z]
3714 @}
3715 @end example
3716 @end deffn
3717
3718 @anchor{target curstate}
3719 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3720 Displays the current target state:
3721 @code{debug-running},
3722 @code{halted},
3723 @code{reset},
3724 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3725 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3726 @end deffn
3727
3728 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3729 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3730 currently associated with this target.
3731 @xref{Target Events}.
3732 @end deffn
3733
3734 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3735 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3736 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3737 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3738 @end deffn
3739
3740 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3741 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3742 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3743 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3744 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3745 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3746 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3747 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3748 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3749 @end deffn
3750
3751 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3752 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3753 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3754 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3755 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3756 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3757 @end deffn
3758
3759 @anchor{Target Events}
3760 @section Target Events
3761 @cindex target events
3762 @cindex events
3763 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3764 For example:
3765 @itemize @bullet
3766 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3767 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3768 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3769 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3770 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3771 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3772 to set up system clocks or
3773 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3774 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3775 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3776 @end itemize
3777
3778 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3779 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3780 @command{target create ... -event}.
3781
3782 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3783 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3784 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3785
3786 @example
3787 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3788 echo "Reset..."
3789 reset halt
3790 @}
3791 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3792 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3793 echo "Reset..."
3794 reset halt
3795 @}
3796 @end example
3797
3798 The following target events are defined:
3799
3800 @itemize @bullet
3801 @item @b{debug-halted}
3802 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3803 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3804 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3805 @item @b{early-halted}
3806 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3807 @ignore
3808 @item @b{examine-end}
3809 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3810 @item @b{examine-start}
3811 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3812 @end ignore
3813 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3814 @* When GDB connects
3815 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3816 @* When GDB disconnects
3817 @item @b{gdb-end}
3818 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3819 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3820 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3821 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3822 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3823 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3824 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3825 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3826 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3827 @item @b{gdb-start}
3828 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3829 @item @b{halted}
3830 @* The target has halted
3831 @ignore
3832 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3833 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3834 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3835 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3836 @end ignore
3837 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3838 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3839 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3840 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3841 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3842 @item @b{reset-assert}
3843 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3844 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3845 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3846 it instead of asserting SRST.
3847 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3848 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3849 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3850 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3851 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3852 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3853 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3854 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3855 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3856 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3857 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3858 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3859 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3860 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3861 released on the scan chain.
3862 @item @b{reset-end}
3863 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3864 @ignore
3865 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3866 @* Currently not used
3867 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3868 @* Currently not used
3869 @end ignore
3870 @item @b{reset-init}
3871 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3872 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3873
3874 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3875 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3876 multiplexing, and so on.
3877 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3878 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3879 @item @b{reset-start}
3880 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3881 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3882
3883 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3884 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3885 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3886 @ignore
3887 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3888 @* Currently not used
3889 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3890 @* Currently not used
3891 @end ignore
3892 @item @b{resume-start}
3893 @* Before any target is resumed
3894 @item @b{resume-end}
3895 @* After all targets have resumed
3896 @item @b{resume-ok}
3897 @* Success
3898 @item @b{resumed}
3899 @* Target has resumed
3900 @end itemize
3901
3902
3903 @node Flash Commands
3904 @chapter Flash Commands
3905
3906 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3907 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3908 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3909 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3910 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3911 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3912 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3913 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3914 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3915
3916 Flash Steps:
3917 @enumerate
3918 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3919 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3920 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3921 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3922 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3923 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3924 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3925 @item GDB Flashing
3926 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3927 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3928 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3929 @end enumerate
3930
3931 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3932 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3933 so that it can't boot.
3934 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3935 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3936
3937 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3938 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3939 @cindex flash configuration
3940
3941 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3942 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3943 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3944 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3945 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3946 see the driver-specific documentation.
3947
3948 @itemize @bullet
3949 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3950 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3951 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3952 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3953 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3954 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3955 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3956 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3957 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3958 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3959 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3960 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3961 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3962 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3963 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3964 commands to the flash controller.
3965 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3966 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3967 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3968 for more information.
3969 @end itemize
3970 @quotation Note
3971 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3972 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3973 @end quotation
3974 @end deffn
3975
3976 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3977 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3978 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3979 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3980 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3981 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3982 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3983 @end deffn
3984
3985 @deffn Command {flash list}
3986 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3987 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3988 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3989 @end deffn
3990
3991 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3992 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3993 depends on the flash type.
3994 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3995 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3996 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3997 but most don't bother.
3998 @end deffn
3999
4000 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4001 @cindex flash erasing
4002 @cindex flash reading
4003 @cindex flash writing
4004 @cindex flash programming
4005
4006 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4007 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4008 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4009 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4010 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4011
4012 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4013 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4014 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4015 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4016 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4017
4018 @quotation Note
4019 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4020 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4021 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4022 back to a flash bank.
4023 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4024 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4025 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4026 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4027 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4028 @end quotation
4029
4030 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4031 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4032 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4033 disabled first.
4034 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4035 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4036 @xref{flash protect}.
4037
4038 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4039 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4040 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4041 up to and including @var{last}.
4042 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4043 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4044 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4045 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4046 @end deffn
4047
4048 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
4049 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4050 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4051 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4052 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4053 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4054 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4055 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4056 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4057 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4061 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4062 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4063 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4064 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4065 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4066 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4067 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4068 before issuing this command.
4069 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4070 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4071 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4072 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4073 @end deffn
4074 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4075
4076 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4077 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4078 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4079 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4080 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4081 @end deffn
4082
4083 @anchor{flash write_image}
4084 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4085 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4086 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4087 to the base address for each section in the image.
4088 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4089 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4090 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4091 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4092 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4093 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4094 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4095 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4096 each image section.
4097
4098 @quotation Warning
4099 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4100 data you want to preserve.
4101 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4102 sections might be erased with no notice.
4103 @itemize
4104 @item
4105 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4106 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4107 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4108 @item
4109 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4110 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4111 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4112 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4113 @end itemize
4114 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4115 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4116 @end quotation
4117
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @section Other Flash commands
4121 @cindex flash protection
4122
4123 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4124 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4125 and display that status.
4126 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4130 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4131 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4132 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4133 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4134 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4135 @end deffn
4136
4137 @anchor{flash protect}
4138 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4139 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4140 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4141 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4142 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4143 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4144 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4145 @end deffn
4146
4147 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4148 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4149 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4150 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4151 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4152 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4153 @end deffn
4154
4155 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4156 @section Flash Driver List
4157 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4158 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4159 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4160
4161 @subsection External Flash
4162
4163 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4164 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4165 @cindex CFI
4166 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4167 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4168 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4169 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4170 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4171 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4172 configure a bus and its timings), or
4173 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4174 on the flash chip.
4175 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4176 speed up operation.
4177
4178 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4179
4180 @itemize
4181 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4182 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4183 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4184 @end itemize
4185
4186 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4187 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4188
4189 @example
4190 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4191 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4192 @end example
4193
4194 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4195 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4196 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4197
4198 @example
4199 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4200 @end example
4201
4202 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4203 @end deffn
4204
4205 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4206
4207 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4208 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4209 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4210 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4211 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4212 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4213
4214 @example
4215 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4216 @end example
4217 @end deffn
4218
4219 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4220 @cindex at91sam3
4221 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4222 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4223 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4224 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4225 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4226 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4227 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4228 chips are confirmed.}
4229
4230 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4231 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4232 the following fixed locations:
4233
4234 @example
4235 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4236 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4237 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4238 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4239 @end example
4240
4241 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4242 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4243 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4244
4245 @itemize
4246 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4247 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4248 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4249 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4250 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4251 @end itemize
4252
4253 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4254
4255 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4256 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4257 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4258 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4259 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4260 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4261 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4262
4263 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4264 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4268 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4269 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4270 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4271 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4272 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4273 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4274 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4275 @end deffn
4276
4277 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4278 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4279 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4280 @end deffn
4281 @end deffn
4282
4283 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4284 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4285 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4286 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4287 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4288
4289 @example
4290 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4291 @end example
4292
4293 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4294 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4295
4296 @itemize
4297 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4298 @item @var{banks}
4299 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4300 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4301 @item @var{pages_size}
4302 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4303 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4304 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4305 @end itemize
4306
4307 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4308 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4309 will be autoconfigured.
4310 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4311
4312 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4313 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4314 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4315 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4316 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4317
4318 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4319 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4320 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4321 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4322 are not truly general purpose).
4323 @quotation Note
4324 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4325 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4326 @end quotation
4327 @end deffn
4328 @end deffn
4329
4330 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4331 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4332 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4333 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4334 @end deffn
4335
4336 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4337 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4338 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4339 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4340 and executed.
4341 @end deffn
4342
4343 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4344 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4345 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4346
4347 @quotation Note
4348 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4349 driver:
4350 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4351 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4352 @end quotation
4353
4354 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4355 which must appear in the following order:
4356
4357 @itemize
4358 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4359 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4360 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4361 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4362 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4363 at which the core is running
4364 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4365 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4366 @quotation Note
4367 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4368 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4369 However, if you do provide it,
4370 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4371 @end quotation
4372 @end itemize
4373
4374 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4375
4376 @example
4377 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4378 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4379 @end example
4380
4381 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4382 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4383 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4384 @end deffn
4385 @end deffn
4386
4387 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4388 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4389 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4390 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4391 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4392 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4393
4394 @example
4395 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4396 @end example
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4400 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4401 from NXP.
4402
4403 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4404 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4405 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4406 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4407 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4408 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4409 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4410 you start the PLL.
4411
4412 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4413
4414 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4415 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4416 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4417
4418 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4419 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4420 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4421 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4422 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4423 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4424 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4425
4426 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4427 @example
4428 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4429 @end example
4430
4431 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4432 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4433 @code{flash banks} command.
4434
4435 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4436 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4437 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4438 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4439 a known signature.
4440 Example:
4441 @example
4442 lpc2900 signature 0
4443 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4444 @end example
4445 @end deffn
4446
4447 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4448 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4449 saves it to a file in binary format.
4450 Example:
4451 @example
4452 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4453 @end example
4454 @end deffn
4455
4456 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4457 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4458 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4459 command:
4460
4461 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4462 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4463 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4464 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4465
4466 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4467 Example:
4468 @example
4469 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4470 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4471 @end example
4472 @end deffn
4473
4474 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4475 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4476 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4477 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4478 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4479 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4480 912 bytes.
4481 @quotation Attention
4482 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4483 @end quotation
4484 Example:
4485 @example
4486 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4487 @end example
4488 @end deffn
4489
4490 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4491 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4492 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4493 after the next power cycle.
4494 @quotation Attention
4495 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4496 @end quotation
4497 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4498 Example:
4499 @example
4500 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4501 flash info 0
4502 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4503 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4504 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4505 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4506 @end example
4507 @end deffn
4508
4509 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4510 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4511 effective after the next power cycle.
4512 @quotation Attention
4513 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4514 @end quotation
4515 Examples:
4516 @example
4517 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4518 @end example
4519 @end deffn
4520 @end deffn
4521
4522 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4523 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4524
4525 @example
4526 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4527 @end example
4528 @end deffn
4529
4530 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4531 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4532 and integrate flash memory.
4533 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4534
4535 @example
4536 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4537 @end example
4538
4539 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4540 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4541 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4542 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4543 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4544 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4545 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4546 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4547 @end deffn
4548 @end deffn
4549
4550 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4551 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4552 Texas Instruments
4553 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4554 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4555 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4556 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4557 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4558 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4559
4560 @example
4561 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4562 @end example
4563 @end deffn
4564
4565 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4566 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4567 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4568 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4569 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4570 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4571
4572 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4573 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4574 @quotation Warning
4575 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4576 applied to all of them.
4577 @end quotation
4578 @end deffn
4579
4580 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4581 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4582 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4583 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4584 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4585
4586 @example
4587 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4588 @end example
4589
4590 Some stm32x-specific commands
4591 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4592 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4593 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4594 are defined:
4595
4596 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4597 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4598 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4602 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4603 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4604 @end deffn
4605
4606 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4607 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4608 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4609 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4610 @end deffn
4611
4612 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4613 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4614 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4615 @end deffn
4616 @end deffn
4617
4618 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4619 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4620 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4621 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4622 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4623
4624 @example
4625 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4626 @end example
4627
4628 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4629 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4630 for the specified flash bank.
4631 @end deffn
4632 @end deffn
4633
4634 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4635 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4636 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4637 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4638 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4639
4640 @example
4641 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4642 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4643 @end example
4644
4645 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4646 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4647 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4648
4649 @itemize @bullet
4650 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4651 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4652 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4653 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4654 @end itemize
4655 @end deffn
4656
4657 @end deffn
4658
4659 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4660 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4661 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4662 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4663
4664 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4665
4666 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4667 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4668 @end deffn
4669
4670 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4671 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4675 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4676 the flash clock.
4677 @end deffn
4678 @end deffn
4679
4680 @subsection str9xpec driver
4681 @cindex str9xpec
4682
4683 Here is some background info to help
4684 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4685 the str9:
4686 @enumerate
4687 @item
4688 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4689 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4690 @item
4691 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4692 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4693 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4694 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4695 @end enumerate
4696
4697 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4698 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4699 configured for flash bank 0.
4700 @example
4701 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4702 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4703 jtag_reset 0 1
4704 # turn off target polling
4705 poll off
4706 # disable str9 core
4707 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4708 # read option bytes
4709 str9xpec options_read 0
4710 # re-enable str9 core
4711 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4712 poll on
4713 reset halt
4714 @end example
4715 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4716 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4717 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4718 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4719
4720 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4721 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4722 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4723 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4724 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4725
4726 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4727
4728 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4729 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4733 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4734 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4738 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4739 erase the device.
4740 @end deffn
4741
4742 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4743 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4744 @end deffn
4745
4746 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4747 Configure str9 boot bank.
4748 @end deffn
4749
4750 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4751 Configure str9 lvd source.
4752 @end deffn
4753
4754 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4755 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4756 @end deffn
4757
4758 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4759 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4760 @end deffn
4761
4762 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4763 Read str9 option bytes.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4767 Write str9 option bytes.
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4771 unlock str9 device.
4772 @end deffn
4773
4774 @end deffn
4775
4776
4777 @section mFlash
4778
4779 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4780 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4781
4782 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4783 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4784 address @var{base}.
4785 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4786 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4787
4788 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4789
4790 @example
4791 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4792 @end example
4793
4794 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4795
4796 @example
4797 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4798 @end example
4799 @end deffn
4800
4801 @subsection mFlash commands
4802 @cindex mFlash commands
4803
4804 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4805 Configure mflash PLL.
4806 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4807 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4808 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4809 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4810 @end deffn
4811
4812 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4813 Configure bootable option.
4814 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4815 (4kB) for boot.
4816 @end deffn
4817
4818 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4819 Configure storage information.
4820 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4821 written.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4825 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4826 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4827 @end deffn
4828
4829 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4830 Probe mflash.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4834 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4835 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4836 @end deffn
4837
4838 @node NAND Flash Commands
4839 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4840 @cindex NAND
4841
4842 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4843 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4844 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4845
4846 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4847 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4848 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4849 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4850 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4851 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4852
4853 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4854 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4855 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4856 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4857 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4858 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4859 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4860 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4861 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4862 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4863
4864 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4865 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4866 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4867 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4868 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4869 every 512 bytes of data.
4870
4871 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4872 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4873 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4874 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4875 ECC mode is used.
4876
4877 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4878 @enumerate
4879 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4880 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4881 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4882 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4883 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4884 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4885 to access that device.
4886 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4887 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4888 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4889 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4890 de-brick a board.
4891 @end enumerate
4892
4893 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4894 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4895 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4896 are only 32 bits wide.
4897 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4898 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4899 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4900 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4901
4902 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4903 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4904 @cindex NAND configuration
4905
4906 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4907 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4908 OpenOCD has initialized.
4909
4910 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4911 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4912 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4913 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4914 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4915 they were a single (larger) device.
4916 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4917 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4918
4919 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4920 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4921 configuration files, not interactively.
4922
4923 @itemize @bullet
4924 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4925 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4926 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4927 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4928 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4929 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4930 commands to the NAND controller.
4931 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4932 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4933 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4934 for more information.
4935 @end itemize
4936 @end deffn
4937
4938 @deffn Command {nand list}
4939 Prints a summary of each device declared
4940 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4941 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4942 @example
4943 > nand list
4944 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4945 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4946 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4947 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4948 >
4949 @end example
4950 @end deffn
4951
4952 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4953 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4954 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4955 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4956 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4957 it with most other NAND commands.
4958 @end deffn
4959
4960 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4961
4962 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4963 @cindex NAND reading
4964 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4965 starting at the specified offset.
4966 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4967
4968 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4969 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4970
4971 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4972 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4973 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4974
4975 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4976 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4977 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4978 method which handled that error correction.
4979
4980 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4981 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4982 @itemize @bullet
4983 @item no oob_* parameter
4984 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4985 @item @code{oob_raw}
4986 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4987 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4988 spare areas associated with each data page.
4989 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4990 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4991 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4992 @item @code{oob_only}
4993 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4994 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4995 spare areas associated with each data page.
4996 @end itemize
4997 @end deffn
4998
4999 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5000 @cindex NAND erasing
5001 @cindex NAND programming
5002 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5003 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5004 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5005 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5006 If those parameters are not specified,
5007 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5008 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5009
5010 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5011 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5012 block marker.
5013 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5014 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5015 @end deffn
5016
5017 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5018 @cindex NAND writing
5019 @cindex NAND programming
5020 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5021 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5022 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5023 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5024
5025 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5026 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5027
5028 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5029 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5030 past the end of the device.
5031 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5032 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5033 if that's being written.)
5034
5035 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5036 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5037 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5038
5039 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5040 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5041 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5042 @itemize @bullet
5043 @item no oob_* parameter
5044 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5045 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5046 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5047 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5048 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5049 @item @code{oob_only}
5050 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5051 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5052 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5053 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5054 @item @code{oob_raw}
5055 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5056 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5057 un-altered OOB.
5058 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5059 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5060 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5061 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5062 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5063 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5064 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5065 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5066 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5067 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5068 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5069 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5070 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5071 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5072 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5073 @end itemize
5074 @end deffn
5075
5076 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5077 @cindex NAND verification
5078 @cindex NAND programming
5079 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5080 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5081 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5082
5083 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5084 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5085
5086 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5087 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5088 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5089 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5090 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5091
5092 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5093 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5094 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5095
5096 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5097 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5098 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5099 be removed in a future release.
5100 @end deffn
5101
5102 @section Other NAND commands
5103 @cindex NAND other commands
5104
5105 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5106 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5107 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5108 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5109 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5110 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5111 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5112 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5113
5114 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5115 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5116 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5117 @end deffn
5118
5119 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5120 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5121 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5122 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5123 status for each block.
5124 @end deffn
5125
5126 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5127 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5128 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5129
5130 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5131 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5132 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5133 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5134 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5135
5136 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5137 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5138 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5139 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5140 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5141 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5142 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5143 @end deffn
5144
5145 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5146 @section NAND Driver List
5147 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5148 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5149 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5150
5151 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5152 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5153 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5154 address of the ECC controller.
5155 @example
5156 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5157 @end example
5158 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5159 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5160 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5161 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5162 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5163 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5164 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5165 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5166 @end deffn
5167 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5168 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5169 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5170 @end deffn
5171
5172 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5173 properly configured for input or output.
5174 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5175 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5176 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5177 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5178 @end deffn
5179 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5180 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5181 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5182 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5183 @end deffn
5184 @end deffn
5185
5186 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5187 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5188 chips from Texas Instruments.
5189 It takes three extra parameters:
5190 address of the NAND chip;
5191 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5192 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5193 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5194 @example
5195 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5196 @end example
5197 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5198 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5199 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5200 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5201 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5202 @end deffn
5203
5204 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5205 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5206 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5207 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5208 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5209 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5210 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5211 @end deffn
5212
5213 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5214 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5215 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5216 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5217 @end deffn
5218 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5219
5220 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5221 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5222 parameter: the address of the controller.
5223 @example
5224 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5225 @end example
5226 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5227 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5228 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5229 change any behavior.
5230 @end deffn
5231
5232 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5233 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5234 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5235 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5236 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5237 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5238 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5239 specialized commands.
5240 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5241 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5242 change any behavior.
5243 @end deffn
5244
5245 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5246 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5247 @cindex PLD
5248 @cindex FPGA
5249
5250 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5251 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5252 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5253 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5254 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5255 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5256 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5257
5258 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5259
5260 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5261 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5262 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5263
5264 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5265 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5266
5267 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5268 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5269 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5270 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5271 behavior.
5272 @end deffn
5273
5274 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5275 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5279 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5280 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5281 @end deffn
5282
5283 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5284
5285 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5286 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5287 that particular type of PLD.
5288
5289 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5290 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5291 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5292 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5293 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5294
5295 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5296 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5297 for FPGA @var{num}.
5298 @end deffn
5299 @end deffn
5300
5301 @node General Commands
5302 @chapter General Commands
5303 @cindex commands
5304
5305 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5306 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5307 commands are documented elsewhere.
5308
5309 Intent:
5310 @itemize @bullet
5311 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5312 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5313 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5314 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5315
5316 @item @b{From the human}
5317 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5318 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5319
5320 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5321 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5322 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5323
5324 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5325 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5326 port is 5555.
5327 @end itemize
5328
5329
5330 @section Daemon Commands
5331
5332 @deffn {Command} exit
5333 Exits the current telnet session.
5334 @end deffn
5335
5336 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5337 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5338 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5339 Not every command provides helptext.
5340
5341 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5342 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5343 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5344 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5345 @end deffn
5346
5347 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5348 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5349 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5350 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5351 Useful in connection with script files
5352 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5353 @end deffn
5354
5355 @deffn Command shutdown
5356 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5357 @end deffn
5358
5359 @anchor{debug_level}
5360 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5361 @cindex message level
5362 Display debug level.
5363 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5364 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5365 Level 0 is error messages only;
5366 level 1 adds warnings;
5367 level 2 adds informational messages;
5368 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5369 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5370 the command line along with the location of that log
5371 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5372 @xref{Running}.
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5376 Default disabled.
5377 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5378
5379 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5380 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5381 individually overridden.
5382
5383 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5384 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5385 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5386
5387 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5388
5389 @example
5390 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5391 @end example
5392 @end deffn
5393
5394 @deffn Command echo message
5395 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5396 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5397 @example
5398 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5399 @end example
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5403 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5404 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5405 @end deffn
5406
5407 @anchor{Target State handling}
5408 @section Target State handling
5409 @cindex reset
5410 @cindex halt
5411 @cindex target initialization
5412
5413 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5414 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5415 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5416 a current target which is used to perform the
5417 various operations. The current target may be changed
5418 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5419 target which should become current.
5420
5421 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5422 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5423 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5424 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5425 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5426
5427 @emph{With no arguments}:
5428 list all available registers for the current target,
5429 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5430 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5431 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5432 are flagged as such.
5433
5434 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5435
5436 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5437 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5438 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5439 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5440 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5441 relevant module will flush such values.
5442
5443 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5444 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5445
5446 @example
5447 > reg
5448 ===== ARM registers
5449 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5450 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5451 (2) r2 (/32)
5452 ...
5453 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5454 >
5455 @end example
5456 @end deffn
5457
5458 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5459 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5460 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5461 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5462 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5463 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5464 (and enter debug mode).
5465 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5466
5467 @quotation Warning
5468 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5469 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5470 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5471 power mode by gating the core clock;
5472 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5473
5474 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5475 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5476 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5477 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5478 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5479 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5480
5481 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5482 work with a JTAG debugger.
5483 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5484 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5485 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5486 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5487 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5488 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5489 @end quotation
5490
5491 @end deffn
5492
5493 @deffn Command resume [address]
5494 Resume the target at its current code position,
5495 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5496 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn Command step [address]
5500 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5501 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5502 @end deffn
5503
5504 @anchor{Reset Command}
5505 @deffn Command reset
5506 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5507 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5508 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5509 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5510 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5511 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5512
5513 The optional parameter specifies what should
5514 happen after the reset.
5515 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5516 The other options will not work on all systems.
5517 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5518
5519 @itemize @minus
5520 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5521 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5522 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5523 @end itemize
5524 @end deffn
5525
5526 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5527 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5528 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5529 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5530 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5531 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5532 state.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @section I/O Utilities
5536
5537 These commands are available when
5538 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5539 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5540 notably the ZY1000.
5541 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5542
5543 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5544
5545 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5546 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5547 the text file @file{filename}.
5548 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5549 The last string is followed by a newline.
5550 @end deffn
5551
5552 @deffn Command cat filename
5553 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5554 @end deffn
5555
5556 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5557 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5558 into @file{dest_filename}.
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @deffn Command ip
5562 @emph{No description provided.}
5563 @end deffn
5564
5565 @deffn Command ls
5566 @emph{No description provided.}
5567 @end deffn
5568
5569 @deffn Command mac
5570 @emph{No description provided.}
5571 @end deffn
5572
5573 @deffn Command meminfo
5574 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5575 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5576 @end deffn
5577
5578 @deffn Command peek
5579 @emph{No description provided.}
5580 @end deffn
5581
5582 @deffn Command poke
5583 @emph{No description provided.}
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @deffn Command rm filename
5587 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5588 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5589 @end deffn
5590
5591 @deffn Command trunc filename
5592 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5593 @end deffn
5594
5595 @anchor{Memory access}
5596 @section Memory access commands
5597 @cindex memory access
5598
5599 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5600 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5601 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5602 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5603
5604 @enumerate
5605 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5606 to change the current target.
5607 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5608 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5609 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5610 @end enumerate
5611
5612 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5613 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5614 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5615 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5616 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5617 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5618 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5619 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5620 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5621 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5622 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5623 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5624 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5625 @end deffn
5626
5627 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5628 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5629 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5630 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5631 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5632 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5633 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5634 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5635 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5636 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639
5640 @anchor{Image access}
5641 @section Image loading commands
5642 @cindex image loading
5643 @cindex image dumping
5644
5645 @anchor{dump_image}
5646 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5647 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5648 binary file named @var{filename}.
5649 @end deffn
5650
5651 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5652 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5653 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5657 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5658 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5659 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5660 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5661 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5662 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5663 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5664 separately.
5665 @end deffn
5666
5667 @anchor{load_image}
5668 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5669 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5670 The file format may optionally be specified
5671 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5672 @end deffn
5673
5674 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5675 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5676 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5677 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5678 The file format may optionally be specified
5679 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5680 @end deffn
5681
5682 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5683 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5684 The file format may optionally be specified
5685 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5686 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5687 @end deffn
5688
5689
5690 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5691 @cindex breakpoint
5692 @cindex watchpoint
5693
5694 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5695 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5696 watchpoints.
5697 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5698
5699 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5700 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5701 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5702 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5703 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5704 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5705
5706 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5707 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5708 @end deffn
5709
5710 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5711 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5712 @end deffn
5713
5714 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5715 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5716 @end deffn
5717
5718 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5719 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5720 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5721 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5722 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5723 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5724 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5725 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5726 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5727 @end deffn
5728
5729 @section Misc Commands
5730
5731 @cindex profiling
5732 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5733 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5734 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5735 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @deffn Command {version}
5739 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5740 @end deffn
5741
5742 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5743 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5744 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5748 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5749 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5750 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5751
5752 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5753 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5754 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5755 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5756
5757 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5758 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5759 @cindex tracing
5760 @cindex ETM
5761 @cindex ETB
5762
5763 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5764 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5765 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5766
5767 @itemize
5768 @item
5769 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5770 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5771 supports such an interface.
5772 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5773 and trace port support.)
5774 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5775 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5776 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5777 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5778 in the board-specific configuration file.
5779 @item
5780 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5781 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5782 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5783 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5784 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5785 @end itemize
5786
5787 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5788
5789 @quotation Issues
5790 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5791 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5792
5793 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5794 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5795 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5796 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5797 dummy trace port driver}.
5798
5799 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5800 as well as tracing only during specific states
5801 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5802
5803 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5804 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5805 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5806 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5807 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5808
5809 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5810 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5811 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5812 this original style of JTAG access.
5813 @end quotation
5814
5815 @subsection ETM Configuration
5816 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5817
5818 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5819 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5820 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5821
5822 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5823 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5824 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5825 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5826 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5827 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5828 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5829 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5830 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5831
5832 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5833 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5834 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5835
5836 @quotation Warning
5837 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5838 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5839 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5840 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5841 @end quotation
5842
5843 @quotation Note
5844 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5845 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5846 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5847 what CPU activities are traced.
5848 @end quotation
5849 @end deffn
5850
5851 @deffn Command {etm info}
5852 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5853 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5854 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5855 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5856 @end deffn
5857
5858 @deffn Command {etm status}
5859 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5860 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5861 Did trace data overflow?
5862 Was it triggered?
5863 @end deffn
5864
5865 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5866 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5867 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5868 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5869 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5870
5871 @itemize
5872 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5873 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5874 The value is one of
5875 @option{none} (save nothing),
5876 @option{data} (save data),
5877 @option{address} (save addresses),
5878 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5879 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5880 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5881 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5882 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5883 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5884 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5885 trace stream without an image of the code.
5886 @end itemize
5887 @end deffn
5888
5889 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5890 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5891 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5892 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5893 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5894
5895 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5896 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5897 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5898 @end deffn
5899
5900 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5901
5902 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5903 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5904 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5905
5906 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5907 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5908 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5909 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5910 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5911 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5912 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5913
5914 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5915
5916 @itemize
5917 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5918 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5919 for instruction access within that function's body.
5920 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5921 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5922 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5923 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5924 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5925 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5926 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5927 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5928 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5929 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5930 @item @emph{... more}
5931 @end itemize
5932
5933 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5934 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5935
5936 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5937 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5938 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5939 @end deffn
5940
5941 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5942 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5946 Opens an image file.
5947 @end deffn
5948
5949 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5950 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5951 @end deffn
5952
5953 @deffn Command {etm start}
5954 Starts trace data collection.
5955 @end deffn
5956
5957 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5958 Stops trace data collection.
5959 @end deffn
5960
5961 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5962 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5963
5964 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5965
5966 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5967 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5968 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5969 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5970 any trace data collection.}
5971 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5972 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5973 @end deffn
5974 @end deffn
5975
5976 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5977 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5978 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5979 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5980 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5981 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5982 @end deffn
5983 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5984 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5985 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5986 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5987 trace trigger becomes active.
5988
5989 @itemize
5990 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5991 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5992 afterwards.
5993 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5994 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5995 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5996 what caused that event to happen.
5997 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5998 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5999 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6000 how the event caused trouble.
6001 @end itemize
6002 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6003 @end deffn
6004
6005 @end deffn
6006
6007 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6008 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6009 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6010 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6011 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6012
6013 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6014 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6015
6016 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6017 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6018 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6019 @end deffn
6020
6021 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6022 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6023 @end deffn
6024
6025 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6026 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6027 @end deffn
6028 @end deffn
6029
6030
6031 @section Generic ARM
6032 @cindex ARM
6033
6034 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6035 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6036 commands that may be available.
6037
6038 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6039 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6040 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6041 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6042 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6043 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6047 @cindex disassemble
6048 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6049 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6050 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6051 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6052 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6053 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6054 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6055
6056 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6057 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6058 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6059 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6060 with a handful of exceptions.
6061 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6062 @end deffn
6063
6064 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6065 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6066 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6067 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6068 and using the MCR instruction.
6069 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6070 an ARM register.)
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6074 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6075 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6076 and the MRC instruction.
6077 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6078 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6079 an ARM register.)
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6083 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6084 core mode if necessary.
6085 @end deffn
6086
6087 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6088 @cindex ARM semihosting
6089 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6090
6091 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6092 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6093 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6094 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6095 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6096 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6097 @end deffn
6098
6099 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6100 @cindex ARMv4
6101 @cindex ARMv5
6102
6103 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6104 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6105 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6106 variant.
6107
6108 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6109 @cindex ARM7
6110 @cindex ARM9
6111
6112 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6113 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6114 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6115 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6116
6117 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6118 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6119 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6120 instead of breakpoints.
6121 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6122
6123 This should be
6124 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6125 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6126 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6127 @end deffn
6128
6129 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6130 @cindex DCC
6131 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6132 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6133 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6134
6135 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6136 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6137 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6138 @end deffn
6139
6140 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6141 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6142 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6143 that don't check completion of the operation.
6144 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6145
6146 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6147 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6148 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6152 @cindex ARM720T
6153
6154 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6155 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6156 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6157 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6158
6159 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6160 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6161 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6162
6163 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6164 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6165 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6166 @end deffn
6167
6168 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6169 @cindex ARM9
6170
6171 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6172 integer processors.
6173 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6174
6175 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6176 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6177 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6178 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6179
6180 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6181 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6182 @cindex vector_catch
6183 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6184 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6185 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6186 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6187 to those hardware vectors.
6188
6189 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6190 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6191 vector catch hardware to intercept
6192 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6193 @option{none} of them,
6194 or a list with one or more of the following:
6195 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6196 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6200 @cindex ARM920T
6201
6202 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6203 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6204 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6205 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6206 and ARM9 commands.
6207
6208 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6209 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6210 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6214 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6215 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6216 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6217 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6218 (Not all registers can be written.)
6219 @end deffn
6220
6221 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6222 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6223 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6224
6225 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6226 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6227 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6228 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6229 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6230 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6231 @end deffn
6232
6233 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6234 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6235 @end deffn
6236
6237 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6238 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6239 @end deffn
6240
6241 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6242 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6243
6244 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6245 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6246 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6247 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6248 and ARM9 commands.
6249
6250 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6251 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6252
6253 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6254 Print information about the caches found.
6255 @end deffn
6256
6257 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6258 @cindex ARM966E
6259
6260 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6261 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6262 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6263 and ARM9 commands.
6264
6265 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6266 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6267 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6268 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6269 ARM966E-S TRM.
6270 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6271 as required for BIST support.
6272 @end deffn
6273
6274 @subsection XScale specific commands
6275 @cindex XScale
6276
6277 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6278
6279 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6280 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6281 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6282 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6283 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6284 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6285 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6286
6287 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6288 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6289 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6290 vector_table} command.
6291
6292 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6293 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6294 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6295 code layout in memory:
6296 @example
6297 _vectors:
6298 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6299 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6300 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6301 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6302 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6303 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6304 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6305 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6306 .org 0x100
6307 .long real_reset_vector
6308 .long real_ui_handler
6309 .long real_swi_handler
6310 .long real_pf_abort
6311 .long real_data_abort
6312 .long 0 /* unused */
6313 .long real_irq_handler
6314 .long real_fiq_handler
6315 @end example
6316
6317 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6318 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6319 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6320 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6321
6322
6323 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6324 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6325
6326 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6327 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6328 @end deffn
6329
6330 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6331 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6332 @end deffn
6333
6334 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6335 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6336 @end deffn
6337
6338 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6339 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6340 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6344 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6345 @end deffn
6346
6347 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6348 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6349 @end deffn
6350
6351 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6352 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6353 @end deffn
6354
6355 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6356 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6357 @end deffn
6358
6359 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6360 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6361 @end deffn
6362
6363 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6364 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6365 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6366 and modifying how it is emptied.
6367 @end deffn
6368
6369 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6370 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6371 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6372 The image @var{type} may be one of
6373 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6374 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6375 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6379 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6380 @cindex vector_catch
6381 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6382 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6383
6384 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6385 @example
6386 0x01 Trap Reset
6387 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6388 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6389 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6390 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6391 0x20 reserved
6392 0x40 Trap IRQ
6393 0x80 Trap FIQ
6394 @end example
6395 @end deffn
6396
6397 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6398 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6399 @cindex vector_table
6400
6401 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6402 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6403 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6404 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6405 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6406
6407 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6408
6409 @end deffn
6410
6411 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6412 @cindex ARMv6
6413
6414 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6415 @cindex ARM11
6416
6417 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6418 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6419 which is enabled by default.
6420 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6421 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6422 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6423 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6424 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6425 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6429 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6430 which is enabled by default.
6431 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6432 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6433 @end deffn
6434
6435 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6436 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6437 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6438 they are disabled by default.
6439 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6440 @end deffn
6441
6442 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6443 @cindex vector_catch
6444 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6445 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6446 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6447
6448 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6449 for certain hardware events.
6450 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6451 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6452 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6453 @end deffn
6454
6455 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6456 @cindex ARMv7
6457
6458 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6459 @cindex Debug Access Port
6460 @cindex DAP
6461 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6462 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6463 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6464
6465 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6466 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6467 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6468 @end deffn
6469
6470 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6471 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6472 @end deffn
6473
6474 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6475 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6476 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6477 @end deffn
6478
6479 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6480 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6481 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6482 @end deffn
6483
6484 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6485 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6486 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6487 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6488 @end deffn
6489
6490 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6491 @cindex Cortex-M3
6492
6493 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6494 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6495 @end deffn
6496
6497 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6498 @cindex vector_catch
6499 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6500 for certain hardware events.
6501
6502 Parameters request interception of
6503 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6504 @option{none} of them,
6505 or one or more of the following:
6506 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6507 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6508 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6509 @option{irq_err},
6510 @option{state_err},
6511 @option{chk_err}, or
6512 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6513 @option{reset}.
6514 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6515 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6516 are mapped to HardFault.
6517 UsageFault checks for
6518 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6519 must also be explicitly enabled.
6520
6521 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6522 @end deffn
6523
6524 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6525 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6526 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6527 @cindex tracing
6528 @cindex libdcc
6529 @cindex DCC
6530 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6531 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6532 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6533 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6534
6535 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6536 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6537 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6538 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6539 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6540 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6541
6542 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6543 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6544 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6545 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6546 The target being debugged may
6547 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6548 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6549 each supported by a command:
6550
6551 @itemize
6552 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6553 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6554 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6555 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6556
6557 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6558 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6559 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6560
6561 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6562 and then displayed at any time.
6563 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6564
6565 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6566 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6567 @end itemize
6568
6569 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6570 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6571 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6572 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6573 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6574 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6575 does the same thing.
6576
6577 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6578 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6579 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6580 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6581 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6582
6583 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6584 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6585 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6586 @end deffn
6587
6588 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6589 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6590 in the order they triggered.
6591 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6592 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6593 history records.
6594 @end deffn
6595
6596 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6597 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6598 they have been triggered.
6599 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6600 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6601 and associates it with that identifier.
6602
6603 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6604 are not related except by this command.
6605 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6606 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6607 @end deffn
6608
6609
6610 @node JTAG Commands
6611 @chapter JTAG Commands
6612 @cindex JTAG Commands
6613 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6614 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6615 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6616 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6617 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6618
6619 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6620 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6621
6622 @itemize @bullet
6623 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6624 devices such as a CPUs.
6625 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6626 standard state machine (in parallel)
6627 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6628 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6629 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6630 while the reading previous ones.
6631 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6632 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6633 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6634 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6635 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6636 registers.
6637 @end itemize
6638
6639 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6640
6641 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6642 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6643 the order of TAP state transitions.
6644 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6645 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6646 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6647 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6648 these commands are not available.
6649
6650 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6651 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6652 that specify the entire register.
6653 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6654 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6655 The return value holds the original value of each
6656 of those fields.
6657
6658 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6659 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6660 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6661 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6662 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6663
6664 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6665 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6666
6667 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6668 in that state.
6669 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6670 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6671 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6672
6673 @quotation Warning
6674 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6675 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6676 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6677 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6678 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6679 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6680 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6681 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6682 @end quotation
6683 @end deffn
6684
6685 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6686 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6687 This may be used for performance tuning.
6688
6689 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6690 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6691 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6692 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6693 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6694 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6695 @end deffn
6696
6697 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6698 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6699 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6700 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6701 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6702 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6703
6704 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6705 in that state.
6706 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6707 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6708 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6709
6710 @quotation Note
6711 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6712 register values, unlike data register values.
6713 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6714 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6715 @end quotation
6716 @end deffn
6717
6718 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6719 Set values of reset signals.
6720 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6721 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6722 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6723 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6724 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6725 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6726 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6727
6728 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6729 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6730 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6731 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6732 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6733 instead of the TRST signal.
6734 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6735 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6736 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6737 with handlers for that event.
6738 @end deffn
6739
6740 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6741 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6742 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6743 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6744 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6745 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6746 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6747 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6748 The final state must also be stable.
6749 @end deffn
6750
6751 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6752 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6753 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6754 Instructions often need some time
6755 to execute before they take effect.
6756 @end deffn
6757
6758 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6759 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6760
6761 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6762 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6763 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6764 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6765 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6769 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6770 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6771 must also be enabled.
6772 Default is enabled.
6773 @end deffn
6774
6775 @section TAP state names
6776 @cindex TAP state names
6777
6778 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6779 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6780 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6781 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6782
6783 @itemize @bullet
6784 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6785 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6786 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6787 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6788 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6789 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6790 through the data register
6791 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6792 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6793 for update or more shifting
6794 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6795 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6796 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6797 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6798 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6799 through the instruction register
6800 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6801 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6802 for update or more shifting
6803 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6804 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6805 @end itemize
6806
6807 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6808 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6809 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6810 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6811
6812 @itemize @bullet
6813 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6814 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6815 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6816 may not be as expected.
6817 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6818 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6819 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6820 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6821 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6822 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6823 @end itemize
6824
6825 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6826 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6827
6828 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6829 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6830 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6831 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6832
6833 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6834 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6835 @cindex SVF
6836
6837 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6838 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6839 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6840 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6841
6842 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6843 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6844 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6845 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6846 each command is logged before it is executed.
6847 @end deffn
6848
6849 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6850 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6851 @cindex XSVF
6852
6853 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6854 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6855 Xilinx devices.
6856 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6857 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6858
6859 @quotation Important
6860 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6861 @end quotation
6862
6863 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6864 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6865 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6866 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6867 that TAP.
6868 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6869 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6870 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6871 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6872 @end deffn
6873
6874 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6875 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6876 after building the software.
6877 You may find them useful:
6878
6879 @itemize
6880 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6881 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6882 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6883 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6884 @end itemize
6885
6886 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6887 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6888 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6889 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6890 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6891 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6892 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6893
6894
6895 @node TFTP
6896 @chapter TFTP
6897 @cindex TFTP
6898 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6899 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6900
6901 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6902 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6903 server (tftpd). For example,
6904
6905 @example
6906 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6907 @end example
6908
6909 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6910 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6911
6912 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6913 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6914 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6915 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6916
6917 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6918 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6919 @cindex GDB
6920 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6921 to debug remote targets.
6922 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6923
6924 @itemize
6925 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6926 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6927 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6928 as shown in this chapter.
6929 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6930 that also will probably need to be configured.
6931 @end itemize
6932
6933 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6934 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6935 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6936 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6937 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6938 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6939
6940 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6941 @section Connecting to GDB
6942 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6943 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6944 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6945 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6946 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6947
6948 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6949
6950 @enumerate
6951 @item
6952 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6953 @example
6954 target remote localhost:3333
6955 @end example
6956 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6957 @item
6958 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6959 @example
6960 target remote | openocd --pipe
6961 @end example
6962 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6963 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6964 session.
6965 @end enumerate
6966
6967 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6968 GDB command line.
6969
6970 @section Sample GDB session startup
6971
6972 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6973 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6974 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6975 small ARM program.
6976 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6977 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6978
6979 @example
6980 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6981 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6982 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6983 ...
6984 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6985 ...
6986 (gdb) load
6987 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6988 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6989 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6990 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6991 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6992 (gdb) continue
6993 Continuing.
6994 ...
6995 @end example
6996
6997 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6998 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6999 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7000 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7001
7002 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7003
7004 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7005 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7006 packet size and the device's memory map.
7007 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7008 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7009 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7010
7011 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7012 You may need to set those up by hand.
7013 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7014 something like:
7015
7016 @example
7017 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7018 @end example
7019
7020 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7021
7022 @example
7023 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7024 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7025 @end example
7026
7027 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7028 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7029 do not have such restrictions.
7030
7031 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7032 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7033 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7034
7035 @example
7036 define hook-step
7037 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7038 end
7039 define hookpost-step
7040 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7041 end
7042 @end example
7043
7044 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7045 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7046 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7047 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7048
7049 @section Programming using GDB
7050 @cindex Programming using GDB
7051
7052 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7053 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7054 @example
7055 gdb_memory_map disable
7056 @end example
7057 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7058 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7059 working area.
7060
7061 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7062 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7063 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7064 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7065
7066 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7067 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7068
7069 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7070 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7071 @example
7072 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7073 @end example
7074
7075 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7076 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7077
7078 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7079 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7080 will be used.
7081
7082 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7083 script can be executed:
7084 @example
7085 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7086 @end example
7087
7088 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7089 can be used.
7090
7091 @node Tcl Scripting API
7092 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7093 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7094 @cindex Tcl scripts
7095 @section API rules
7096
7097 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7098 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7099 information as an argument to each proc.
7100
7101 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7102 pair list and lists.
7103
7104 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7105 list.
7106
7107 @verbatim
7108
7109 > set foo(me) Duane
7110 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7111 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7112 > set foo(duck) Donald
7113
7114 If one does this:
7115
7116 > set foo
7117
7118 The result is:
7119
7120 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7121
7122 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7123
7124 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7125 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7126 }
7127 @end verbatim
7128
7129 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7130 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7131
7132 @section Internal low-level Commands
7133
7134 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7135
7136 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7137 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7138 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7139
7140 @itemize @bullet
7141 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7142
7143 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7144 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7145
7146 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7147 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7148
7149 Return information about the flash banks
7150 @end itemize
7151
7152 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7153 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7154 called "flash_banks".
7155
7156 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7157
7158 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7159 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7160 holds one of the following values:
7161
7162 @itemize @bullet
7163 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7164 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7165 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7166 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7167 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7168 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7169 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7170 @end itemize
7171
7172 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7173
7174 @quotation Note
7175 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7176 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7177 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7178 is jim, not real tcl).
7179 @end quotation
7180
7181 @node FAQ
7182 @chapter FAQ
7183 @cindex faq
7184 @enumerate
7185 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7186 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7187 @cindex RTCK
7188 @cindex adaptive clocking
7189 @*
7190
7191 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7192 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7193 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7194 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7195
7196 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7197 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7198 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7199 @enumerate
7200 @item
7201 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7202 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7203 @item
7204 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7205 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7206 @end enumerate
7207
7208 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7209 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7210 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7211 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7212 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7213 power).
7214
7215 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7216 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7217 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7218 ARM926 scenario).
7219 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7220 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7221 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7222
7223 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7224 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7225 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7226 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7227
7228 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7229
7230 In order to make use of this,
7231 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7232 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7233
7234 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7235 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7236 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7237 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7238 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7239
7240 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7241 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7242 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7243 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7244
7245 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7246 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7247 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7248 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7249 with a CPLD.
7250 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7251 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7252 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7253 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7254 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7255 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7256
7257 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7258
7259 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7260
7261 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7262 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7263 depending on the chips on your board.
7264 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7265 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7266 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7267
7268 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7269 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7270 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7271
7272 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7273 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7274 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7275 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7276
7277 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7278 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7279 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7280 this way.
7281
7282 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7283 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7284 clock rate.
7285 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7286 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7287 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7288
7289 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7290
7291 @example
7292 # Example: 1.234MHz
7293 adapter_khz 1234
7294 @end example
7295
7296
7297 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7298
7299 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7300 around Windows filenames.
7301
7302 @example
7303 > echo \a
7304
7305 > echo @{\a@}
7306 \a
7307 > echo "\a"
7308
7309 >
7310 @end example
7311
7312
7313 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7314
7315 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7316 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7317 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7318
7319 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7320 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7321 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7322
7323 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7324 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7325 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7326
7327 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7328
7329 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7330 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7331 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7332 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7333
7334 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7335 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7336 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7337
7338 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7339 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7340
7341 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7342 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7343 memory read caused data abort".
7344
7345 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7346 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7347 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7348 be done, feel free to add this here.
7349
7350 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7351 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7352 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7353 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7354 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7355 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7356 gracefully stops.
7357
7358 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7359 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7360 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7361
7362 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7363 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7364 bytes. Painful...
7365
7366
7367 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7368 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7369
7370 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7371 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7372 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7373 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7374 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7375 reset, everything else should work fine.
7376
7377 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7378 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7379 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7380 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7381
7382 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7383 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7384 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7385 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7386
7387 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7388
7389 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7390 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7391 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7392 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7393
7394 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7395 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7396 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7397 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7398
7399 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7400 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7401 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7402
7403 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7404 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7405
7406 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7407 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7408 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7409 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7410 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7411 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7412 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7413 clock frequency?
7414
7415 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7416 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7417 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7418 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7419 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7420
7421 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7422
7423 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7424 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7425 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7426 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7427 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7428 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7429 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7430
7431 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7432
7433 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7434 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7435 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7436 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7437
7438 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7439 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7440 particular order?
7441
7442 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7443 the same order used by the hardware.
7444
7445 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7446 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7447 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7448 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7449 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7450 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7451
7452 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7453 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7454 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7455 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7456
7457 @itemize @bullet
7458 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7459 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7460 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7461 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7462 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7463 @end itemize
7464
7465 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7466
7467 @itemize @bullet
7468 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7469 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7470 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7471 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7472 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7473 @end itemize
7474
7475
7476 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7477 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7478 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7479
7480 TODO.
7481
7482 @end enumerate
7483
7484 @node Tcl Crash Course
7485 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7486 @cindex Tcl
7487
7488 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7489 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7490 how the Tcl scripts work.
7491
7492 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7493 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7494 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7495 OpenOCD.
7496
7497 @section Tcl Rule #1
7498 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7499 @enumerate
7500 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7501 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7502 @end enumerate
7503
7504 The Tcl equal is this:
7505
7506 @enumerate
7507 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7508 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7509 @end enumerate
7510
7511 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7512 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7513
7514 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7515 There is a second pair of rules.
7516 @enumerate
7517 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7518 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7519 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7520 in Tcl.
7521 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7522 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7523 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7524 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7525 @end enumerate
7526
7527 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7528 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7529 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7530 Everything is a string}
7531
7532 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7533 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7534 difference is subtle.
7535 @enumerate
7536 @item Parse Time
7537 @item Evaluation Time
7538 @end enumerate
7539
7540 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7541 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7542 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7543
7544 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7545 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7546 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7547 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7548
7549 @itemize @bullet
7550 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7551 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7552 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7553 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7554 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7555 @example
7556 # bash example
7557 X=`date`
7558 echo "The Date is: $X"
7559 # Tcl example
7560 set X [date]
7561 puts "The Date is: $X"
7562 @end example
7563 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7564 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7565 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7566 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7567 is a string}
7568 @example
7569 set x "Dinner"
7570 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7571 @end example
7572 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7573 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7574 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7575 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7576 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7577 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7578 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7579 @end itemize
7580
7581 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7582
7583 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7584
7585 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7586
7587 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7588 the normal way.
7589
7590 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7591 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7592 line is immedatly executed.
7593
7594 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7595 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7596
7597 @subsection Command Execution
7598
7599 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7600 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7601 control flow operators.
7602
7603 Commands are executed like this:
7604
7605 @enumerate
7606 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7607 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7608 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7609 @end enumerate
7610
7611 It sort of works like this:
7612 @example
7613 for(;;)@{
7614 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7615
7616 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7617
7618 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7619 @}
7620 @end example
7621
7622 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7623 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7624 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7625 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7626 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7627 ``LookupCommand()''
7628
7629 @subsection The FOR command
7630
7631 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7632 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7633 command just like any other command.
7634
7635 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7636 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7637 are:
7638
7639 @enumerate 0
7640 @item The ascii text 'for'
7641 @item The start text
7642 @item The test expression
7643 @item The next text
7644 @item The body text
7645 @end enumerate
7646
7647 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7648 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7649 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7650 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7651
7652 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7653 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7654
7655 @example
7656 int
7657 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7658 int *argc,
7659 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7660 @end example
7661
7662 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7663 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7664 still operates in the same basic way.
7665
7666 @subsection FOR command implementation
7667
7668 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7669 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7670
7671 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7672
7673 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7674
7675 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7676 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7677 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7678
7679 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7680 expression and returns a value.
7681
7682 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7683 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7684 @example
7685 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7686
7687 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7688
7689 int
7690 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7691 int argc,
7692 char **argv )
7693 @{
7694 if( argc != 5 )@{
7695 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7696 return ERROR;
7697 @}
7698
7699 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7700
7701 // Execute the start statement.
7702 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7703
7704 // Top of loop test
7705 for(;;)@{
7706 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7707 if( i == 0 )
7708 break;
7709
7710 // Execute the body
7711 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7712
7713 // Execute the LOOP part
7714 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7715 @}
7716
7717 // Return no error
7718 SetResult( interp, "" );
7719 return SUCCESS;
7720 @}
7721 @end example
7722
7723 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7724 in the same basic way.
7725
7726 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7727
7728 @subsection source and find commands
7729 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7730 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7731 @*Remember the parsing rules
7732 @enumerate
7733 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7734 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7735 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7736 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7737 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7738 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7739 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7740 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7741 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7742 @end enumerate
7743 @subsection format command
7744 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7745 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7746 @b{sprintf()}.
7747 @b{Example}
7748 @example
7749 set x 6
7750 set y 7
7751 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7752 @end example
7753 @enumerate
7754 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7755 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7756 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7757 @* Refer to Rule #1
7758 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7759 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7760 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7761 @end enumerate
7762 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7763 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7764 @example
7765 #1 Good
7766 proc someproc @{@} @{
7767 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7768 @}
7769 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7770 #2 Good - no variables
7771 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7772 #3 Good Curly Braces
7773 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7774 puts "Time: [date]"
7775 @}
7776 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7777 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7778 @end example
7779 @enumerate
7780 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7781 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7782 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7783 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7784 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7785 command.
7786 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7787 @*There are 4 examples:
7788 @enumerate
7789 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7790 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7791 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7792 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7793 @end enumerate
7794
7795 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7796 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7797 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7798
7799 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7800 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7801 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7802 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7803 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7804 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7805 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7806 @end enumerate
7807 @subsection Global Variables
7808 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7809 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7810 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7811 @example
7812 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7813 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7814 global x #Global variable X
7815 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7816 @}
7817 @end example
7818 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7819 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7820 @example
7821 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7822 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7823 # Create var name
7824 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7825 # Make it a global
7826 global $vn
7827 # Set it.
7828 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7829 @}
7830 @end example
7831 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7832 @example
7833 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7834 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7835 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7836 @}
7837 @end example
7838
7839 @include fdl.texi
7840
7841 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7842 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7843 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7844 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7845 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7846 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7847
7848 @printindex cp
7849
7850 @node Command and Driver Index
7851 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7852 @printindex fn
7853
7854 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)